blob: 79c471a2d485c81a5d07d7d2401251cbf1b7c931 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +000091SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
92 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
93 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
94}
95
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000096//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
97// Standard Promotions and Conversions
98//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
99
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000100/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
101void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
102 QualType Ty = E->getType();
103 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
106 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000107 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
108 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
109 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
110 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
111 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
112 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
113 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000114 //
115 // C++ 4.2p1:
116 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
117 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
118 //
119 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
120 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000121 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
122 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000125/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
126/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
127///
128/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
129/// promotion occurs.
130static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000131 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
132 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000133 return QualType();
134
135 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
136 if (!BT)
137 return QualType();
138
139 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
140 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
141 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
142 return QualType();
143
144 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
145 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
146 return QualType();
147
148 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
149 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
150 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
151 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
152 return Context.IntTy;
153
154 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
155 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
156
157 return QualType();
158}
159
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000160/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
161/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
162/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
163/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
164/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
165Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
166 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
167 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
168
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000169 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
170 //
171 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
172 // unsigned int may be used:
173 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
174 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
175 // and unsigned int.
176 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
177 //
178 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
179 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
180 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
181 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
182 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000183 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000184 return Expr;
185 } else {
186 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
187 if (!T.isNull()) {
188 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
189 return Expr;
190 }
191 }
192
193 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000194 return Expr;
195}
196
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000197/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
198/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
199/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
200void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
201 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
202 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
203
204 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
205 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
206 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
207 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
208
209 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
210}
211
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000212/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
213/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
214/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
215/// completely illegal.
216bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000217 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
218
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000219 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
220 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
221 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
222 << Expr->getType() << CT;
223 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000224 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000225
226 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
227 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
228 << Expr->getType() << CT;
229
230 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000231}
232
233
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
235/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
236/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
237/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
238/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
239/// GCC.
240QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
241 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000242 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000243 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000244
245 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000246
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000247 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
248 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000249 QualType lhs =
250 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
251 QualType rhs =
252 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000253
254 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
255 if (lhs == rhs)
256 return lhs;
257
258 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
259 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
260 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
261 return lhs;
262
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000263 // Perform bitfield promotions.
264 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
265 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
266 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
267 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
268 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
269 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
270
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000271 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000272 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000273 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000274 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000275 return destType;
276}
277
278QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
279 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
280 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
281 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
282 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
283 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000284 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
285 lhs = Context.IntTy;
286 else
287 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
288 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
289 rhs = Context.IntTy;
290 else
291 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000292
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000293 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
294 if (lhs == rhs)
295 return lhs;
296
297 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
298 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
299 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
300 return lhs;
301
302 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
303
304 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
305 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
306 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
307 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
308 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000309 return lhs;
310 }
311 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
312 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 return rhs;
314 }
315 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
316 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
317 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
318 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
319 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
320 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
321 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
322 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
323 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
324 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
325 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
326
327 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
328 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
330 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000331 }
332 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
333 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
334 // does not require this promotion.
335 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
336 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000337 return rhs;
338 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 return lhs;
340 }
341 }
342 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
343 }
344 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
345 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
346 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000347 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000348 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000349 return lhs;
350 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000351 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
352 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
353 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
354 }
355 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000356 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000357 return rhs;
358 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000359 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
360 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
361 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
362 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000363 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
364 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
365 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000366 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000367 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000368 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
369 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000370 }
371 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
372 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
373 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
374 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
375
376 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
377 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000378 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
379 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000380 return rhs;
381 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
382 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000383 return lhs;
384 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
385 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000386 return rhs;
387 }
388 }
389 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
390 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
391 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
392 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
393 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
394 QualType destType;
395 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
396 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
397 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
398 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
399 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
400 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
401 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
402 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
403 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
404 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
405 // use the signed type.
406 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
407 } else {
408 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
409 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
410 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
411 // to the signed type.
412 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
413 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000414 return destType;
415}
416
417//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
418// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
419//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
420
421
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000422/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000423/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
424/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
425/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
426/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000427///
428Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000429Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000430 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
431
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000432 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000433 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000434 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000435
436 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
437 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
438 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000439
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000440 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000441 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000442 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000443
444 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
445 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
446 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000447
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000448 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
449 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
450 // strings.
451 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000452 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000453 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000454
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000455 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000456 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
457 Literal.GetStringLength(),
458 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
459 &StringTokLocs[0],
460 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000461}
462
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000463/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
464/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
465/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
466/// for values inside the block or for globals).
467///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000468/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
469/// up-to-date.
470///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000471static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
472 ValueDecl *VD) {
473 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
474 // we wanted to.
475 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
476 return false;
477
478 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
479 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
480 return false;
481
482 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
483 // snapshot it.
484 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
485 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000486 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
487 return false;
488
489 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
490 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
491
492 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
493 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
494 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
495 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
496 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
497 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
498 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
499 // having a reference outside it.
500 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
501 break;
502
503 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
504 // a snapshot as well.
505 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
506 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000507
508 return true;
509}
510
511
512
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000513/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000514/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000515/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000516/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000517/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000518Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
519 IdentifierInfo &II,
520 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000521 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
522 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
523 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000524 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000525}
526
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000527/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
528/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
529/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000530DeclRefExpr *
531Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
532 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
533 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000534 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000535 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
536 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000537 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000538 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000539 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000540}
541
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
543/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
544/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000545static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
546 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000547 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
548 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
549
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000550 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
552 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
553 // this even better.
554 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000555 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
556 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000557 D != DEnd; ++D) {
558 if (*D == Record) {
559 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
560 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
561 ++D;
562 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000563 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 return *D;
565 }
566 }
567
568 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
569 return 0;
570}
571
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000572/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
573/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
574/// actual member.
575///
576/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
577/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
578/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
579/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
580/// we found.
581///
582/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
583/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
584/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
585VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
586 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
588 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
589 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
590
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000591 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000592 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
593 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
594 do {
595 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000596 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000598 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000599 else {
600 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
601 break;
602 }
603 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
604 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
605 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000606
607 return BaseObject;
608}
609
610Sema::OwningExprResult
611Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
612 FieldDecl *Field,
613 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
614 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
615 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
616 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
617 AnonFields);
618
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
620 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
621 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
622 // found via name lookup.
623 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
624 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
625 if (BaseObject) {
626 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
627 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000628 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000629 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000630 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000631 ExtraQuals
632 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
633 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
634 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
635 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
636 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
637 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
638 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
639 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
640 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
641 }
642 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
643 } else {
644 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
645 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
646 // program our base object expression is "this".
647 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
648 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
649 QualType AnonFieldType
650 = Context.getTagDeclType(
651 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
652 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
653 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
654 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
655 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
656 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000657 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000658 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
660 }
661 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000662 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
663 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000664 }
665 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
666 }
667
668 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000669 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
670 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000671 }
672
673 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
674 // anonymous struct/union.
675 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
676 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
677 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
678 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
679 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
680 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
681 unsigned combinedQualifiers
682 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
683 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
684 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000685 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
686 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
688 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000689 }
690
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000691 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692}
693
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000694/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
695/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
696/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
697/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
698/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
699/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
700/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
701/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
702/// forms.
703///
704/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
705/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
706/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
707/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000708///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000709/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
710/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
711/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
712/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000713Sema::OwningExprResult
714Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
715 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000716 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000717 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000718 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000719 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
720 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000721
722 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
723 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
724 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
725 // names a dependent type.
726 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000727 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
728 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000729 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000730 }
731
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000732 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
733 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000734
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000735 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
736 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
737 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
738 : SourceRange());
739 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000740 }
741
742 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000743
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000744 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
745 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000746 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
747 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000748 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
749 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000750 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
751 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
752 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000753 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000754 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000756 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
757 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000758 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000759 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
760 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000761
762 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
763 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
764 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
765 return ExprError();
766
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000767 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
768 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
769 // an error.
770 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
771 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
772 << IV->getDeclName());
773 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
774 // same name exists, use the global.
775 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000776 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
777 ClassDeclared != IFace)
778 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000779 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
780 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
781 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
782 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000783 return Owned(new (Context)
784 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000785 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000786 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000787 }
788 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000789 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
790 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
791 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000792 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000793 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
794 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000795 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
796 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000797 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000798 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000799 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000800 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000801 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000802 QualType T;
803
804 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
805 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
806 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
807 else
808 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000809 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000810 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000811 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000812
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000813 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
814 // argument-dependent lookup.
815 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
816 HasTrailingLParen;
817
818 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000819 // We've seen something of the form
820 //
821 // identifier(
822 //
823 // and we did not find any entity by the name
824 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
825 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
826 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
827 Context.OverloadTy,
828 Loc));
829 }
830
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000831 if (D == 0) {
832 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
833 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000834 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000835 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000836 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000837 else {
838 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
839 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000840 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000841 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
842 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000843 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
844 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000845 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
846 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000847 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000848 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000849 }
850 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000851
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000852 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
853 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
854 // not any specific instance's member.
855 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000856 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000857 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000858 QualType DType;
859 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
860 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
861 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
862 DType = Method->getType();
863 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
864 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
865 }
866 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
867 if (!DType.isNull()) {
868 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
869 // dependent.
870 bool Dependent = false;
871 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
872 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
873 if (DC->isRecord()) {
874 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
875 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
876 Dependent = true;
877 break;
878 }
879 }
880 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000881 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000882 }
883 }
884 }
885
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000886 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
887 // (C++ [class.union]).
888 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
889 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
890 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000891
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000892 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
893 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
894 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
895 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
896 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
897 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
898 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
899 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
900 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
901 QualType MemberType;
902 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
903 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
904 MemberType = FD->getType();
905
906 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
907 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
908 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
909 unsigned combinedQualifiers
910 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
911 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
912 }
913 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
914 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
915 Ctx = Method->getParent();
916 MemberType = Method->getType();
917 }
918 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
919 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
920 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
921 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
922 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
923 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
924 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
925 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
926 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
927 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
928 break;
929 }
930 }
931 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000932
933 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000934 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
935 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
936 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
937 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
938 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
939 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000940 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000941 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000942 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000943 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000944 }
945 }
946 }
947 }
948
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000949 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000950 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
951 if (MD->isStatic())
952 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000953 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
954 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000955 }
956
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000957 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
958 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
959 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000960 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
961 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000962 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000963
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000964 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000965 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000966 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000967 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000968 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000969 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000970
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000971 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000972 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000973 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
974 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000975 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
976 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
977 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000978 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000979
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000980 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
981 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
982 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
983 // that overload resolution actually selects.
984 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
985 return ExprError();
986
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000987 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000988 // Warn about constructs like:
989 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
990 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000991 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
992 Scope *CheckS = S;
993 while (CheckS) {
994 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000995 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000996 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000997 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
998 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000999 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001000 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1001 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001002 break;
1003 }
1004
1005 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1006 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1007 if (CheckS)
1008 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1009 }
1010 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001011 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1012 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1013 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1014 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1015 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1016 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1017 // type.
1018 QualType T = Func->getType();
1019 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001020 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1021 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001022 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1023 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001024 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001025
1026 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1027 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001028 return ExprError();
1029
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001030 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1031 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1032 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1033 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001034 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001035 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1036 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1037 //
1038 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001039 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001040 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1041 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001042 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001043
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001044 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001045 ExprTy.addConst();
1046 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001047 }
1048 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1049 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001050
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001051 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001052 bool ValueDependent = false;
1053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1054 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1055 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1056 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1057 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1058 TypeDependent = true;
1059 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1060 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1061 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1062 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1063 TypeDependent = true;
1064 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1065 // names a dependent type.
1066 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001067 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001068 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1069 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001070 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001071 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1072 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1073 TypeDependent = true;
1074 break;
1075 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001076 }
1077 }
1078 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001079
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001080 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1081 //
1082 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1083 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1084 if (TypeDependent)
1085 ValueDependent = true;
1086 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1087 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1088 ValueDependent = true;
1089 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1090 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1091 // (FIXME!).
1092 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001093
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001094 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1095 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001096}
1097
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001098Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1099 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001100 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001101
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001102 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001103 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001104 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1105 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1106 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001107 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001108
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001109 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1110 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001111 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001112 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1113 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001114 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1115 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1116 else {
1117 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1118 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1119 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1120 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001121
1122
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001123 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001124 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001125 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001126 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001127}
1128
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001129Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001130 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1131 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1132 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1133 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001134
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001135 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1136 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1137 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001139
1140 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1141
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001142 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1143 Literal.isWide(),
1144 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145}
1146
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1148 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001149 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1150 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001151 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001152 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001153 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001154 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001155 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001156
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001157 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001158 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1159 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001160 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1163 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001164
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001165 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1166 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1167 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001168 return ExprError();
1169
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001170 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001172 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001173 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001174 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001175 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001176 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001177 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001178 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001179 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001180
1181 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1182
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001183 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1184 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001185 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1186 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001187
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001188 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001190 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001191 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001192
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001193 // long long is a C99 feature.
1194 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001195 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001196 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1197
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001198 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001199 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001200
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001201 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1202 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1203 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001204 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1205 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001206 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001207 } else {
1208 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1209 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001210
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001211 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1212 // be an unsigned int.
1213 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1214
1215 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001216 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001217 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1218 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001219 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001220
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001221 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1222 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1223 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1224 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001225 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001226 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001227 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001228 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001230 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001232 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001233 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001234 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001236 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1237 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1238 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1239 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001240 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001241 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001242 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001243 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001244 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245 }
1246
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001247 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001248 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001249 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001251 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1252 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1253 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1254 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001255 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001256 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001257 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001258 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001259 }
1260 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001262 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1263 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001264 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001265 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001266 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001269
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001270 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1271 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001272 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001273 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001276 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1277 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001278 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1279 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280
1281 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282}
1283
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1285 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001286 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001287 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001288 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289}
1290
1291/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1292/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001293bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001294 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1295 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1296 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001297 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1298 return false;
1299
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001300 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001301 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001302 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001303 if (isSizeof)
1304 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1305 return false;
1306 }
1307
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001308 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001309 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001310 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1311 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001312 return false;
1313 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001314
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001315 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1316 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1317 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1318 ExprRange))
1319 return true;
1320
1321 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001322 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001323 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001324 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1325 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001326 }
1327
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001328 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329}
1330
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001331bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1332 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1333 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001334
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001335 // alignof decl is always ok.
1336 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1337 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001338
1339 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1340 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1341 return false;
1342
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001343 if (E->getBitField()) {
1344 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1345 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001346 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001347
1348 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1349 // bit-field.
1350 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1351 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1352 return false;
1353
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001354 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1355}
1356
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001357/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1358Action::OwningExprResult
1359Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1360 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1361 if (T.isNull())
1362 return ExprError();
1363
1364 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1365 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1366 return ExprError();
1367
1368 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1369 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1370 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1371 R.getEnd()));
1372}
1373
1374/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1375/// operand.
1376Action::OwningExprResult
1377Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1378 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1379 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1380 bool isInvalid = false;
1381 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1382 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1383 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1384 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001385 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001386 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1387 isInvalid = true;
1388 } else {
1389 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1390 }
1391
1392 if (isInvalid)
1393 return ExprError();
1394
1395 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1396 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1397 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1398 R.getEnd()));
1399}
1400
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001401/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1402/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1403/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001404Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001405Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1406 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001407 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001408 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001409
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001410 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001411 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1412 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1413 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001414
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001415 // Get the end location.
1416 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1417 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1418 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1419
1420 if (Result.isInvalid())
1421 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1422
1423 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001424}
1425
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001426QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001427 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1428 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001429
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001430 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001431 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1432 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001433
1434 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1435 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1436 return V->getType();
1437
1438 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1440 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001441 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001442}
1443
1444
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001445
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001446Action::OwningExprResult
1447Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1448 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1449 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001450
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001451 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1452 switch (Kind) {
1453 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1454 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1455 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1456 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001457
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001458 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1459 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1460 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001461 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001462 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1463
1464 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1465 //
1466 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1467 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1468 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1469 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1470 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1471 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1472 // argument will have value zero.
1473 Expr *Args[2] = {
1474 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001475 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1476 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001477 };
1478
1479 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1480 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001481 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001482
1483 // Perform overload resolution.
1484 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1485 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1486 case OR_Success: {
1487 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1488 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1489
1490 if (FnDecl) {
1491 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1492 // operator.
1493
1494 // Convert the arguments.
1495 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1496 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001497 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001498 } else {
1499 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001501 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1502 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001504 }
1505
1506 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001508 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1509 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001511 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001512 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001513 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001514 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1515
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001516 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001517 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1518 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1519 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001520 } else {
1521 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1522 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1523 // operator node.
1524 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1525 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001526 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001527
1528 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 }
1531
1532 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1533 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1534 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1535 break;
1536
1537 case OR_Ambiguous:
1538 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1539 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1540 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1541 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001542 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001543
1544 case OR_Deleted:
1545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1546 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1547 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1548 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1549 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1550 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001551 }
1552
1553 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1554 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1555 // build a built-in operation.
1556 }
1557
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001558 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1559 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001560 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001561 return ExprError();
1562 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001563 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001564}
1565
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001566Action::OwningExprResult
1567Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1568 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1569 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1570 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001571
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001572 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001573 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001574 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1575 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1576 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001577 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1578 // to the candidate set.
1579 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1580 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001581 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1582 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001583
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001584 // Perform overload resolution.
1585 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1586 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1587 case OR_Success: {
1588 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1589 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1590
1591 if (FnDecl) {
1592 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1593 // operator.
1594
1595 // Convert the arguments.
1596 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1597 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1598 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1599 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1600 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001602 } else {
1603 // Convert the arguments.
1604 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1605 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1606 "passing") ||
1607 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1608 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1609 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001611 }
1612
1613 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001614 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001615 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1616 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001618 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001619 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1620 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001621 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1622
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001623 Base.release();
1624 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001625 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1626 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001627 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001628 } else {
1629 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1630 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1631 // operator node.
1632 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1633 "passing") ||
1634 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1635 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001637
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 }
1641
1642 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1643 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1644 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1645 break;
1646
1647 case OR_Ambiguous:
1648 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1649 << "[]"
1650 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1651 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001653
1654 case OR_Deleted:
1655 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1656 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1657 << "[]"
1658 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1659 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1660 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001661 }
1662
1663 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1664 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1665 // build a built-in operation.
1666 }
1667
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001668 // Perform default conversions.
1669 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1670 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001672 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1673
1674 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001675 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001676 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001677 // and index from the expression types.
1678 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1679 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001680 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1681 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1682 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1683 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1684 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001685 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1686 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001687 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001688 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001689 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1690 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1691 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001692 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001693 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1694 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001695 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001696
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001697 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1698 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001699 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1700 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1701 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1702 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1703 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1704 // force the promotion here.
1705 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1706 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1707 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1708 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1709
1710 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1711 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1712 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1713 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1714 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1715 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1716 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1717 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1718 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1719
1720 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1721 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1722 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001723 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001724 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1725 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001727 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001728 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001729 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1730 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001731
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001732 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1733 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1734 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1735 // incomplete types are not object types.
1736 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1737 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1738 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1739 return ExprError();
1740 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001741
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001742 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001743 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001744 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1745 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001746
1747 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1748 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1749 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1750 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1751 return ExprError();
1752 }
1753
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001754 Base.release();
1755 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001756 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001757 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001758}
1759
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001760QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001761CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001762 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001763 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001764
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001765 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1766 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001767
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001768 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001769 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1770 // to be selected.
1771 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001772
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001773 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1774 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1775 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001776
1777 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1778 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001779 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001780 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1781 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001782 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001783 do
1784 compStr++;
1785 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001786 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001787 do
1788 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001789 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001790 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001791
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001792 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001793 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1794 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001795 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1796 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001797 return QualType();
1798 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001800 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1801 // operates on.
1802 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1803 compStr = CompName.getName();
1804
1805 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001807
1808 while (*compStr) {
1809 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1810 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1811 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1812 return QualType();
1813 }
1814 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001815 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001816
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001817 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1818 // number of elements.
1819 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001820 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001821 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001822 return QualType();
1823 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001824
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001825 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001826 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001827 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001828 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001829 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001830 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1831 : CompName.getLength();
1832 if (HexSwizzle)
1833 CompSize--;
1834
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001835 if (CompSize == 1)
1836 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001837
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001838 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001839 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001840 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1841 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1842 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1843 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001844 }
1845 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001846}
1847
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001848static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1849 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001850 const Selector &Sel,
1851 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001852
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001853 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001854 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001855 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001856 return OMD;
1857
1858 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1859 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001860 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1861 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001862 return D;
1863 }
1864 return 0;
1865}
1866
1867static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1868 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001869 const Selector &Sel,
1870 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001871 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1872 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1873 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1874 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001875 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001876 GDecl = PD;
1877 break;
1878 }
1879 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001880 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001881 GDecl = OMD;
1882 break;
1883 }
1884 }
1885 if (!GDecl) {
1886 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1887 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1888 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001889 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001890 if (GDecl)
1891 return GDecl;
1892 }
1893 }
1894 return GDecl;
1895}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001896
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001897/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1898/// all base class implementations.
1899///
1900ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1901 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1902 const Selector &Sel) {
1903 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001904 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
1905 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00001906 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001907
1908 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1909 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1910 return Method;
1911}
1912
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001913Action::OwningExprResult
1914Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1915 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001916 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001917 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001918 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001919 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001920
1921 // Perform default conversions.
1922 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001923
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001924 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1925 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001926
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001927 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1928 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001929 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001930 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001931 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001932 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001933 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1934 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001935 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001936 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1937 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1938 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001939 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001940
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001941 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1942 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001943 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001944 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001945 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001946 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1947 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1948 return ExprError();
1949
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001950 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001951 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1952 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001953 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001954 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001955 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001956
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001957 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001958 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1959 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001960 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001961 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1962 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1963 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001964 }
1965
1966 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001967
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001968 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1969 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1970 // error cases.
1971 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1972 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001973
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001974 // Check the use of this field
1975 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1976 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001977
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001979 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1980 // (C++ [class.union]).
1981 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001982 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001983 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001984
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001985 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1986 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001987 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001988 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1989 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1990 else {
1991 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1992 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001993 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001994 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1995 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1996 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001997
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001998 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1999 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002000 }
2001
2002 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002003 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002004 Var, MemberLoc,
2005 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2006 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002007 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002008 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2009 MemberFn->getType()));
2010 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2011 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002012 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002013 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2014 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002015 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2016 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002017 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2019 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002020
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002021 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2022 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2023 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002024 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2025 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2026 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002027 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002028
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002029 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2030 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002031 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002032 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002033 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2034 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002035 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002036 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2037 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2038 // error cases.
2039 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2040 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002041
2042 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2043 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2044 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002045 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2046 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002047 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2048 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2049 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002050 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2051 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2052 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2053 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
2054 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
2055 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
2056 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002057 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002058 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2059 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2060 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2061 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2062 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2063 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002064 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002065
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002066 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002067 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002068 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002069 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2070 }
2071 // @protected
2072 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2073 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2074 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002075
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002076 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002077 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002078 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002079 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002080 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2081 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2082 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002083 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002084
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002085 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2086 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2087 const PointerType *PTy;
2088 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2089 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2090 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2091 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002092
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002093 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002094 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2095 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002096 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2097 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2098 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002099
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002100 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002101 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2102 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002103
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002104 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002105 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2106 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002107 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2108 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002109 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2110 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2111 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002112
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002113 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002114 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2115 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002116
2117 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2118 // selector is implemented.
2119
2120 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2121 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2122
2123 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002124 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002126 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2127 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002128 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002129
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002130 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2131 if (!Getter) {
2132 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2133 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002134 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002135 }
2136 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002137 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002138 // Check if we can reference this property.
2139 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2140 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002141 }
2142 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2143 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2144 Selector SetterSel =
2145 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2146 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002147 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002148 if (!Setter) {
2149 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2150 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002151 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002152 }
2153 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2154 if (!Setter) {
2155 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2156 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002157 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002158 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002159 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002160
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002161 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2162 return ExprError();
2163
2164 if (Getter || Setter) {
2165 QualType PType;
2166
2167 if (Getter)
2168 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2169 else {
2170 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2171 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2172 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2173 }
2174 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2175 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2176 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2177 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002178 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2179 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002180 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002181 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2182 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2183 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2184 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002185 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002186 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002187 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002188 // Check the use of this declaration
2189 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2190 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002191
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002192 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002193 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2194 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002195 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002196 // Check the use of this method.
2197 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2198 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002199
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002200 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002201 OMD->getResultType(),
2202 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2203 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002204 }
2205 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002206
2207 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2208 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002209 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002210 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2211 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2212 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2213 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2214 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002215 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2216 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002217 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002218 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002219 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002220 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002221 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002222 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002223 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2224 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2225 Selector SetterSel =
2226 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2227 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002228 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002229 if (!Setter) {
2230 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2231 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002232 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002233 }
2234 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2235 if (!Setter) {
2236 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2237 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002238 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002239 }
2240 }
2241
2242 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2243 return ExprError();
2244
2245 if (Getter || Setter) {
2246 QualType PType;
2247
2248 if (Getter)
2249 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2250 else {
2251 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2252 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2253 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2254 }
2255 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2256 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2257 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2258 }
2259 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2260 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002261 }
2262 }
2263
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002264 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002265 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002266 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2267 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002268 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002270 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002271 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002272
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002273 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2274 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2275
2276 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2277 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2278 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2279 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2280 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2281 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2282 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2283 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2284 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2285 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2286 }
2287
2288 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002289}
2290
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002291/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2292/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2293/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2294/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2295/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2296/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002297bool
2298Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002299 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002300 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002301 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2302 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002303 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002304 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2305 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2306 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002307 bool Invalid = false;
2308
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002309 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2310 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2311 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2312 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2313 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2314 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2315 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2316 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002317 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002318 }
2319
2320 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2321 // them.
2322 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2323 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2324 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2325 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2326 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2327 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2328 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2329 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002330 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002331 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002332 }
2333 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2334 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002335
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002336 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2337 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2338 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002339
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002340 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002341 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002342 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002343
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002344 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2345 ProtoArgType,
2346 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2347 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2348 return true;
2349
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002350 // Pass the argument.
2351 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2352 return true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002353 } else
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002354 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002355 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002357
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002358 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2359 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002360
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002361 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2362 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002363 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2364 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2365 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2366 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2367 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2368
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002369 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2370 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2371 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002372 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002373 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2374 }
2375 }
2376
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002377 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002378}
2379
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002380/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002381/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2382/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002383Action::OwningExprResult
2384Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2385 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002386 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002387 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002388 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002389 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002390 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002391 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002392 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002393
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002395 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002396 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002397 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2398 bool Dependent = false;
2399 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2400 Dependent = true;
2401 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2402 Dependent = true;
2403
2404 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002405 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002406 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2407
2408 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2409 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2410 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2411 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2412
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002413 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002414 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2415 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2416 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002417 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2418 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002419 }
2420
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002421 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002422 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002423 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2424 bool ADL = true;
2425 while (true) {
2426 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2427 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2428 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002429 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002430 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002431 ADL = false;
2432 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2433 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002434 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002435 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2436 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002437 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2438 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2439 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2440 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002441 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002442 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2443 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2444 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002445 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002446 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2447 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2448 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002449 break;
2450 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002451 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002452
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002453 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2454 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002455 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002456 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2457 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002458
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002459 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002460 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002461 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002462 ADL = false;
2463
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002464 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2465 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2466 ADL = false;
2467
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002468 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002469 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2470 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002471 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2472 if (!FDecl)
2473 return ExprError();
2474
2475 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2476 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002477 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002478 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002479 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2480 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2481 false, false,
2482 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2483 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002484 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002485 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002486 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2487 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2488 Fn = NewFn;
2489 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002490 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002491
2492 // Promote the function operand.
2493 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2494
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002495 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2496 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002497 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2498 Args, NumArgs,
2499 Context.BoolTy,
2500 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002501
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002502 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2503 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2504 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2505 // have type pointer to function".
2506 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2507 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002508 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2509 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002510 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2511 } else { // This is a block call.
2512 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2513 getAsFunctionType();
2514 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002515 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002516 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2517 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2518
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002519 // Check for a valid return type
2520 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2521 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2522 FuncT->getResultType(),
2523 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2524 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2525 return ExprError();
2526
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002527 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002528 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002529
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002530 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002531 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002532 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002533 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002534 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002535 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002536
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002537 if (FDecl) {
2538 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2539 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2540 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregore3241e92009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002541 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002542 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2543 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2544 }
2545
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002546 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002547 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2548 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2549 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002550 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2551 Arg->getType(),
2552 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2553 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2554 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002555 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002556 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002557 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002558
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002559 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2560 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002561 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2562 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002564 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002565 if (FDecl)
2566 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002567
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002568 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002569}
2570
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002571Action::OwningExprResult
2572Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2573 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002574 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002575 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2576 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002577 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002578 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002579
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002580 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002581 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002582 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2583 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002584 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002585 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2586 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002587 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002588
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002589 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002590 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002591 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002592
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002593 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002594 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002595 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002596 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002597 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002598 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002599 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002600 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002601}
2602
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002603Action::OwningExprResult
2604Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002605 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2606 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2607 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002609 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002610 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002611
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002612 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002613 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002614 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002615 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002616}
2617
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002618/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002619bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002620 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2621
2622 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2623 // type needs to be scalar.
2624 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2625 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002626 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2627 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002628 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2630 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2631 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2632 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002633 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002634 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2635 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2636 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2637 // GCC cast to union extension
2638 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2639 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002640 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002641 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2642 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2643 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2644 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2645 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2646 break;
2647 }
2648 }
2649 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2650 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2651 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2652 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002653 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002654 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002655 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002656 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002657 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002658 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002659 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2660 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002661 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002662 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2663 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2664 return true;
2665 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2666 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2667 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002668 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002669 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002670 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2671 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2672 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2673 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2674 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2675 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2676 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2677 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2678 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2679 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2680 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002681 }
2682 return false;
2683}
2684
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002685bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002686 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002687
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002688 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002689 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002690 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002691 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002692 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002693 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002694 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002695 } else
2696 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002697 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002698 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002699
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002700 return false;
2701}
2702
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002703Action::OwningExprResult
2704Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2705 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2706 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2707 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002708
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002709 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002710 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2711
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002712 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002713 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002714 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002715 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002716}
2717
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002718/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2719/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002720/// C99 6.5.15
2721QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2722 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002723 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2725 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2726
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002727 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2728 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2729 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2730 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2731 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2732 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002733
2734 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002735 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2736 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2737 << CondTy;
2738 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002739 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002740
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002741 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002742
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002743 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2744 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002745 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2746 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2747 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002748 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002749
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002750 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2751 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002752 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2753 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002754 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002755 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002756 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002757 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002758 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002759 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002760
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002761 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002762 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002763 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2764 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2765 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2766 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2767 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2768 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2769 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2770 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2771 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002772 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002773 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002774 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2775 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002776 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2777 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2778 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2779 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2780 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002781 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002782 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2783 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2784 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2785 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2786 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002787 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002788
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002789 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2790 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2791 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2792 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2793
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002794 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2795 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002796 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2797 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002798 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2799 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2800 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2801 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002802
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002803 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2804 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2805 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2806 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2807 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2808 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2809 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2810 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2811 return destType;
2812 }
2813 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2814 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2815 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2816 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2817 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2818 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2819 return destType;
2820 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002821
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002822 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2823 if (sameKind
2824 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2825 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2826 return LHSTy;
2827 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002829 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002830
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002831 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2832 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2833 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2834 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2835 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2836 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2837 // type. This allows
2838 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2839 // where B is a subclass of A.
2840 //
2841 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2842 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2843 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2844 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002845
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002846 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2847 // It could return the composite type.
2848 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2849 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2850 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2851 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2852 compositeType = LHSTy;
2853 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2854 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2855 compositeType = RHSTy;
2856 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2857 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2858 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2859 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2860 if (!sameKind
2861 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2862 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2863 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2864 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2865 return QualType();
2866 } else {
2867 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2868 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2869 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2870 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002871 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2872 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002873 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002874 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002875 } else if (!sameKind
2876 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2877 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
2878 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2879 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2880 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2881 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2882 // to get a consistent AST.
2883 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2884 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2885 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
2886 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002887 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002888 // The pointer types are compatible.
2889 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2890 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2891 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2892 // type.
2893 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
2894 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
2895 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2896 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
2897 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002898 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002899
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002900 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2901 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2902 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2903 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2904 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2905 return RHSTy;
2906 }
2907 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2908 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2909 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2910 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2911 return LHSTy;
2912 }
2913
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002914 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2915 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002916 // id with statically typed objects).
2917 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002918 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2919 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2920 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002921 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002922 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002923 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2924 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2925 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002926 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2927 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2928 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2929 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2930 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2931 // cases. Investigate.
2932 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002933 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2934 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002935 return compositeType;
2936 }
2937 }
2938
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002939 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002940 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2941 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002942 return QualType();
2943}
2944
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002945/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002946/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002947Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2948 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2949 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2950 ExprArg RHS) {
2951 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2952 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002953
2954 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2955 // was the condition.
2956 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2957 if (isLHSNull)
2958 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002959
2960 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002961 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2962 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002963 return ExprError();
2964
2965 Cond.release();
2966 LHS.release();
2967 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002969 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2970 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002971}
2972
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002973
2974// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002975// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002976// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2977// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2978// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002979Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002980Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2981 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002982
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002983 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002984 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2985 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002986
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002987 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002988 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2989 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002990
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002991 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002992
2993 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2994 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2995 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002996 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002997 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002998 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002999
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003000 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3001 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003002 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003003 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003004 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003005 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003007 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003008 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3009 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003010 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003011
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003012 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003013 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003014 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003015
3016 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003017 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3018 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003019 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003020 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003021 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003022 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3023 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3024 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3025 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3026 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3027 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3028 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3029 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3030 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3031 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3032 }
3033 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3034 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3035 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3036 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3037 }
3038 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3039 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3040 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3041 // warning can be disabled.
3042 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3043 return ConvTy;
3044 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3045 }
3046 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3047 return IncompatiblePointer;
3048 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003049 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003050}
3051
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003052/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3053/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3054/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3055// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056Sema::AssignConvertType
3057Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003058 QualType rhsType) {
3059 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003060
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003061 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3062 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3064
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003065 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3066 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3067 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003068
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003069 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003070
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003071 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3072 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3073 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003074
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003075 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003076 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003077 return ConvTy;
3078}
3079
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003080/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3081/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003082/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3083///
3084/// int a, *pint;
3085/// short *pshort;
3086/// struct foo *pfoo;
3087///
3088/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3089/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3090/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3091/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3092///
3093/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003094/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003095///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003096Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003097Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003098 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3099 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003100 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3101 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003102
3103 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003104 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003105
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003106 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3107 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3108 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3109 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3110 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3111 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3112 // type.
3113 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3114 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003115 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003116 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003117 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003118
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003119 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3120 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003121 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003122 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3123 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3124 return IntToPointer;
3125 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3126 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003127 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003128 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003129
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003130 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003131 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003132 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3133 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003134 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003135
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003136 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003138 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003139 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3140 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003141 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003142 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003143 }
3144 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003146
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003147 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003148 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003149
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003150 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003151 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003152 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003153
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003154 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003155 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003157 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003158 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003159 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003160
3161 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3162 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3163 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3164 return Compatible;
3165 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003166 return Incompatible;
3167 }
3168
3169 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3170 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003171 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003172
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003173 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3174 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3175 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3176 return Compatible;
3177
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003178 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3179 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003180
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003181 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3182 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003183 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003184 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003185 return Incompatible;
3186 }
3187
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003188 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003189 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003190 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3191 return Compatible;
3192
3193 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003194 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003195
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003196 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003197 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003198
3199 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003200 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003201 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003202 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003203 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003204
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003205 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003206 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003207 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003208 }
3209 return Incompatible;
3210}
3211
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003212/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3213/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3214static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3215 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3216 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3217 // of the transparent union.
3218 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3219 &E, 1,
3220 SourceLocation());
3221 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3222 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3223
3224 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3225 // union type from this initializer list.
3226 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3227 false);
3228}
3229
3230Sema::AssignConvertType
3231Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3232 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3233
3234 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3235 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3236 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3237 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3238 return Incompatible;
3239
3240 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3241 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3242 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3243 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3244 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3245 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3246 it != itend; ++it) {
3247 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3248 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3249 // 1) void pointer
3250 // 2) null pointer constant
3251 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3252 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3253 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3254 InitField = *it;
3255 break;
3256 }
3257
3258 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3259 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3260 InitField = *it;
3261 break;
3262 }
3263 }
3264
3265 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3266 == Compatible) {
3267 InitField = *it;
3268 break;
3269 }
3270 }
3271
3272 if (!InitField)
3273 return Incompatible;
3274
3275 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3276 return Compatible;
3277}
3278
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003279Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003280Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3282 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3283 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3284 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3285 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003286 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3287 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003288 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003289 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003290 }
3291
3292 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3293 // structures.
3294 }
3295
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003296 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3297 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003298 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3299 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003300 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003301 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003302 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003303 return Compatible;
3304 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003305
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003306 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003307 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003308 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003309 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003310 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003311 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003312 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3313 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003314
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003315 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3316 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003318 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3319 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003320 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3321 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3322 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3323 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003324 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003325 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003326 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003327}
3328
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003329Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003330Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3331 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3332}
3333
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003334QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003336 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003337 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003338 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003339}
3340
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003341inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003342 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003345 QualType lhsType =
3346 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3347 QualType rhsType =
3348 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003350 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003351 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003352 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003353
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003354 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3355 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003356 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3357 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3358 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003359 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3360 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003361 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003362 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003363 }
3364 }
3365 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003366
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003367 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3368 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003369 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003370 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003371
3372 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003373 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3374 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003375 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003376 return lhsType;
3377 }
3378 }
3379
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003380 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003381 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003382 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003383 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3384
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003385 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003386 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3387 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003388 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003389 return rhsType;
3390 }
3391 }
3392
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003393 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003394 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003395 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003396 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003397 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003398}
3399
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003400inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003401 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003402{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003403 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003404 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003406 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003407
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003408 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003409 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003410 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003411}
3412
3413inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003414 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003415{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003416 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3417 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3418 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3419 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3420 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003421
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003422 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003423
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003424 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003425 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003426 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003427}
3428
3429inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003430 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003431{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003432 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3433 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3434 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3435 return compType;
3436 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003437
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003438 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003439
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003440 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003441 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3442 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3443 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003444 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003445 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003446
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003447 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3448 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3449 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3450 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3451
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003452 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003453 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003454 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3455 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3456 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003457 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003459 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003460 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003461 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003462
3463 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3464 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3465 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003466 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003467 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3468 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3469 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3470 return QualType();
3471 }
3472
3473 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3474 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3475 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3476 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003477 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003478 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003479 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3480 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003481 return QualType();
3482
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003483 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3484 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3485 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3486 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3487 return QualType();
3488 }
3489
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003490 if (CompLHSTy) {
3491 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3492 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3493 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003494 else {
3495 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3496 if (!T.isNull())
3497 LHSTy = T;
3498 }
3499
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003500 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3501 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003502 return PExp->getType();
3503 }
3504 }
3505
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003506 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003507}
3508
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003509// C99 6.5.6
3510QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003511 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3512 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3513 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3514 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3515 return compType;
3516 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003517
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003518 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003519
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003520 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003522 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003523 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3524 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003525 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003526 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003527 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003528
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003529 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3530 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003531 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003532
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003533 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003534
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003535 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3536 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3537 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3538 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3540 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3541 return QualType();
3542 }
3543
3544 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3545 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3546 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3548 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003549 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003550 return QualType();
3551 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003552
3553 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3554 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3555 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3556 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3557 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3558 lex->getSourceRange(),
3559 SourceRange(),
3560 lex->getType()))
3561 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003562
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003563 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3564 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3566 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3567 return QualType();
3568 }
3569
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003570 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003571 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3572 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3573 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3574 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3575 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3576 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3577 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3578 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3579
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003580 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003581 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003582 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003584 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3585 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003586 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003587
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003588 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3589 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3590 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3591 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3592 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3593 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3594 return QualType();
3595 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003596
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003597 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3598 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3599 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3600 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003601 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003602 return QualType();
3603 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003604
3605 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3606 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3607 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3608 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3609 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3610 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3611 rex->getSourceRange(),
3612 SourceRange(),
3613 rex->getType()))
3614 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003615
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003616 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003617 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003618 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003619 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003621 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003622 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003623 return QualType();
3624 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003625
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003626 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3627 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3628 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3629 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3631 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3632 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003633
3634 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003635 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3636 }
3637 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003638
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003639 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003640}
3641
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003642// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003643QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003644 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003645 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3646 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003647 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003649 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3650 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003651 QualType LHSTy;
3652 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3653 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003654 else {
3655 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3656 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3657 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3658 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003659 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003660 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3661
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003662 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003664 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003665 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003666}
3667
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003668// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003669QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003670 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3671 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3672
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003673 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003674 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003676 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003677 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3678 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3679 else {
3680 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3681 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3682 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003683 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3684 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003686 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3687 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003688 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3689 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3690 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003691 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3692 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003693 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3694 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3695 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3696 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003697 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3698 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003700
3701 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3702 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3703 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3704 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3705
3706 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3707 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003708 Expr *literalString = 0;
3709 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003710 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003711 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3712 literalString = lex;
3713 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3714 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003715 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3716 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003717 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3718 literalString = rex;
3719 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3720 }
3721
3722 if (literalString) {
3723 std::string resultComparison;
3724 switch (Opc) {
3725 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3726 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3727 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3728 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3729 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3730 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3731 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3732 }
3733 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3734 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3735 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003736 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3737 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3738 "strcmp(")
3739 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3740 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003741 resultComparison);
3742 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003743 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003745 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003746 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003747
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003748 if (isRelational) {
3749 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003750 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003751 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003752 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003753 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003754 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003755 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003756 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003757
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003758 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003759 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003760 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003762 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3763 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003764
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003765 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3766 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3767 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003768 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003769 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003770 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003771 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003772 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003774 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3775 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3776 return ResultTy;
3777
3778 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3779 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3780 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3781 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3782 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3783 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3784 //
3785 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3786 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003787 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003788 if (T.isNull()) {
3789 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3790 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3791 return QualType();
3792 }
3793
3794 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3795 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3796 return ResultTy;
3797 }
3798
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003799 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003800 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3801 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003802 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003803 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003804 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003805 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003806 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003807 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003808 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003809 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003810 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003811 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003812 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3813 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003815 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3816 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003817 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003818 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003819 }
3820 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003821 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003822 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003823 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003824 if (!isRelational
3825 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3826 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003827 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003828 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3829 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3830 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3831 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3832 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3833 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003834 }
3835 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003836 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003837 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003838
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003839 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003840 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003841 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3842 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003843 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003844 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003845 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003846 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003848 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3849 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003850 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003851 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003852 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003853 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003854 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003855 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003856 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003857 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003858 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3859 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003860 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003861 } else {
3862 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003863 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003864 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003865 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003866 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003867 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003868 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003869 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003870 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003871 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003872 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003873 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003874 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003875 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003876 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003877 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003878 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003879 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003880 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003881 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003882 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003883 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003884 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003885 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003886 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003887 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
3888 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003889 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003890 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003891 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003892 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
3893 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003894 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003895 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003896 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003897 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003898}
3899
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003900/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003902/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3903/// types.
3904QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003905 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003906 bool isRelational) {
3907 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3908 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003909 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003910 if (vType.isNull())
3911 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003912
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003913 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3914 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003915
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003916 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3917 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3918 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3919 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3920 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3921 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3922 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003924 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003925
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003926 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3927 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3928 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003929 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003930 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003931
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003932 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3933 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3934 if (1) {
3935 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3936 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3937 return QualType();
3938 }
3939
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003940 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3941 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3942 // elements for floating point vectors.
3943 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3944 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003945
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003946 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003947 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003948 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003949 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003950 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003951 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3952
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003953 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003954 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003955 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3956}
3957
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003958inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003959 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003960{
3961 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003962 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003963
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003964 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003965
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003966 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003967 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003968 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003969}
3970
3971inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003972 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003973{
3974 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3975 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003976
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003977 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003978 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003979 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003980}
3981
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003982/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3983/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3984/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3985///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003986static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003987{
3988 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3989 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3990 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3991 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3992 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003993 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003994 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3995 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3996 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3997 return true;
3998 }
3999 }
4000 return false;
4001}
4002
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004003/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4004/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4005static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004006 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4007 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4008 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004009 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4010 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004011 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4012 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004013
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004014 unsigned Diag = 0;
4015 bool NeedType = false;
4016 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4017 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4018 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004019 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004020 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4021 NeedType = true;
4022 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004023 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004024 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4025 NeedType = true;
4026 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004027 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004028 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4029 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004030 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004031 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4032 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004033 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4034 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004035 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004036 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4037 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004038 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004039 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4040 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004041 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004042 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4043 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004044 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4045 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4046 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004047 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4048 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4049 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004050 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004051
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004052 SourceRange Assign;
4053 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4054 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004055 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004056 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004057 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004058 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004059 return true;
4060}
4061
4062
4063
4064// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004065QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4066 SourceLocation Loc,
4067 QualType CompoundType) {
4068 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4069 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004070 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004071
4072 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4073 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004075 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004076 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004077 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004078 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004079 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4080 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4081 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4082 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4083 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4084 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4085 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004086
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004087 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4088 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4089 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004090 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004091 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4092 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4093 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4094 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4095 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004096 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004097 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004098 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4099 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4100 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004101 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4102 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004103 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4104 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4105 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004106 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004107 }
4108 } else {
4109 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004110 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004111 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004112
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004113 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4114 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004115 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004117 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4118 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004119 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004120 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4121 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004122 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004123 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004124 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004125}
4126
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004127// C99 6.5.17
4128QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004129 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004130 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004131
4132 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4133 // incomplete in C++).
4134
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004135 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004136}
4137
4138/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4139/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004140QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4141 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004142 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4143 return Context.DependentTy;
4144
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004145 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4146 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004147
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4149 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4150 if (!isInc) {
4151 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4152 return QualType();
4153 }
4154 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4155 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4156 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004157 // OK!
4158 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4159 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004160 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004161 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4162 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4163 << Op->getSourceRange();
4164 return QualType();
4165 }
4166
4167 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004168 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004169 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004170 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4171 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4172 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4173 return QualType();
4174 }
4175
4176 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004177 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004178 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4179 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4180 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4181 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004182 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004183 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4184 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4185 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004186 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004187 } else {
4188 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004189 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004190 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004191 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004192 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004193 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004194 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004195 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004196 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004197}
4198
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004199/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004200/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004201/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4202/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4203/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4204/// - &(x) => x
4205/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4206/// - &s.xx => s
4207/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4208/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4209/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4210/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004211static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004212 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004213 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004214 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004215 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004216 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004217 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4218 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4219 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004220 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004221 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004222 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004223 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004224 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004225 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the
4226 // implicit promotion of register arrays earlier.
4227 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4228 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4229 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4230 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4231 }
4232 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004233 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004234 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4235 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004236
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004237 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004238 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4239 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4240 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4241 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4242 default:
4243 return 0;
4244 }
4245 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004246 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004247 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004248 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004249 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4250 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004251 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004252 default:
4253 return 0;
4254 }
4255}
4256
4257/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004258/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004259/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004260/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004261/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004262/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004263/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004264QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004265 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4266 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4267
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004268 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4269 return Context.DependentTy;
4270
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004271 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4272 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4273 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4274 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4275 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4276 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4277 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4278 }
4279 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4280 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4281 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004282 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004283 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004284
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004285 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004286 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmane7e4dac2009-05-03 22:36:05 +00004287 if (op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
4288 // Function designator is valid
4289 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4290 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void)
4291 << op->getSourceRange();
4292 } else {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004293 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004294 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4295 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004296 return QualType();
4297 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004298 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004299 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4300 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4301 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004302 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004303 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4304 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004305 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004306 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004307 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004308 return QualType();
4309 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004311 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4312 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4313 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004314 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4315 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004316 return QualType();
4317 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004318 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004319 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004320 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4321 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004322 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4323 // scope qualifier for the class.
4324 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4325 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4326 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4327 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4328 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4329 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004330 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4331 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004332 // As above.
4333 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4334 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4335 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4336 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4337 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4338 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004339 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004340 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004341 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004342 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004343
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004344 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4345 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4346}
4347
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004348QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004349 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4350 return Context.DependentTy;
4351
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004352 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4353 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004354
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004355 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4356 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4357 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4358 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4359 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004360 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004361
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004362 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004363 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004364 return QualType();
4365}
4366
4367static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4368 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4369 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4370 switch (Kind) {
4371 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004372 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4373 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004374 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4375 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4376 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4377 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4378 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4379 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4380 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4381 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4382 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4383 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4384 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4385 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4386 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4387 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4388 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4389 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4390 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4391 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4392 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4393 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4394 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4395 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4396 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4397 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4398 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4399 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4400 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4401 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4402 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4403 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4404 }
4405 return Opc;
4406}
4407
4408static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4409 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4410 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4411 switch (Kind) {
4412 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4413 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4414 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4415 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4416 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4417 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4418 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4419 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4420 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004421 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4422 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4423 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4424 }
4425 return Opc;
4426}
4427
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004428/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4429/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4430/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004431Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4432 unsigned Op,
4433 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004434 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004435 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004436 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4437 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4438 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004439
4440 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004441 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4442 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4443 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004444 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4445 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4446 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4447 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4448 break;
4449 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004450 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4451 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4452 break;
4453 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4454 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4455 break;
4456 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4457 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4458 break;
4459 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4460 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4461 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004462 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004463 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4464 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4465 break;
4466 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4467 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4468 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4469 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004470 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004471 break;
4472 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4473 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004474 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004475 break;
4476 case BinaryOperator::And:
4477 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4478 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4479 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4480 break;
4481 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4482 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4483 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4484 break;
4485 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4486 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004487 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4488 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4489 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4490 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004491 break;
4492 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004493 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4494 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4495 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4496 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004497 break;
4498 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004499 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4500 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4501 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004502 break;
4503 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004504 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4505 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4506 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004507 break;
4508 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4509 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004510 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4511 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4512 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4513 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004514 break;
4515 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4516 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4517 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004518 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4519 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4520 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4521 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004522 break;
4523 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4524 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4525 break;
4526 }
4527 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004528 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004529 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004530 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4531 else
4532 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004533 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4534 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004535}
4536
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004537// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004538Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4539 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4540 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004541 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004542 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004543
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004544 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4545 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004546
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004547 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4548 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4549 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4550 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4551 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4552 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4553 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004554 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004555 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4556 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4557 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4558 Functions);
4559 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4560 DeclarationName OpName
4561 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4562 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004563 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004564
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004565 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4566 // binary operation.
4567 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004568 }
4569
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004570 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4571 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004572}
4573
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004574Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4575 unsigned OpcIn,
4576 ExprArg InputArg) {
4577 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004578
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004579 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4580 // appropriately.
4581 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004582 QualType resultType;
4583 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004584 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4585 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4586 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4587 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4588 break;
4589
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004590 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4591 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004592 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4593 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004594 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004595 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004596 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4597 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004598 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004599 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004600 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4601 break;
4602 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4603 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4604 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4605 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004606 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4607 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004608 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4609 break;
4610 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4611 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4612 break;
4613 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4614 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4615 resultType->isPointerType())
4616 break;
4617
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004618 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4619 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004620 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4621 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4622 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004623 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4624 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004625 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4626 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4627 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004628 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004629 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004630 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004631 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4632 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004633 break;
4634 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4635 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4636 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4637 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004638 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4639 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004640 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004641 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4642 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004643 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004644 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4645 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004646 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004647 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004648 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004649 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004650 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004651 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004652 resultType = Input->getType();
4653 break;
4654 }
4655 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004656 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004657
4658 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004659 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004660}
4661
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004662// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4663Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4664 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4665 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4666 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4667
4668 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4669 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4670 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4671 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4672 // the arguments.
4673 FunctionSet Functions;
4674 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4675 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4676 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4677 Functions);
4678 DeclarationName OpName
4679 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4680 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4681 }
4682
4683 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4684 }
4685
4686 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4687}
4688
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004689/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004690Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4691 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4692 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004693 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004694 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004696 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4697 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004698 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004699 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004700
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004701 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004702 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4703 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004704}
4705
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004706Sema::OwningExprResult
4707Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4708 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4709 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4711 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4712
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004713 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004714 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004715 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004716
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004717 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4718 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4719 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004720
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004721 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4722 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4723 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004724
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004725 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4726 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4727 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4728 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4729 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004731 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004732 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004733 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004734
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004735 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4736 // expressions are not lvalues.
4737
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004738 substmt.release();
4739 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004740}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004741
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004742Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4743 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4744 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4745 TypeTy *argty,
4746 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4747 unsigned NumComponents,
4748 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4749 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4750 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004751 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4752 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004753
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004754 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4755
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004756 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4757 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4758 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004759 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004760 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004761
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004762 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4763 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004764
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004765 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4766 // the offsetof designators.
4767 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4768 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004769 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004770 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004771
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004772 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4773 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004774 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4775 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004776 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004777 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4778 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004779
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004780 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004781 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004782
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004783 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4784 // leaks like a sieve.
4785 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4786 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4787 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4788 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4789 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4790 if (!AT) {
4791 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004792 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4793 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004794 }
4795
4796 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4797
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004798 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4799 // expression.
4800 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4801
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004802 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4803 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004804 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004805 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004806 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004807 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004808 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004809
4810 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4811 OC.LocEnd);
4812 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004813 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004814
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004815 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4816 if (!RC) {
4817 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004818 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4819 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004820 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004821
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004822 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4823 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004824 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004825 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004826 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4827 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4828 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004829 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4830 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004831 }
4832
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004833 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4834 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4835 LookupMemberName)
4836 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004837 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004838 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004839 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4840 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004841
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004842 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4843 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004844 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004845 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4846 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004847 } else {
4848 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4849 // doesn't matter here.
4850 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4851 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4852 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004853 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004854 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004855
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004856 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4857 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004858}
4859
4860
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004861Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4862 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4863 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004864 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4865 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004866
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004867 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004869 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4870 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004871}
4872
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004873Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4874 ExprArg cond,
4875 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4876 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4877 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4878 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4879 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004880
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004881 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4882
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004883 QualType resType;
4884 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4885 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4886 } else {
4887 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4888 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4889 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4890 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004891 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4892 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4893 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004894
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004895 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4896 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4897 }
4898
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004899 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4900 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4901 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004902}
4903
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004904//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4905// Clang Extensions.
4906//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4907
4908/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004909void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004910 // Analyze block parameters.
4911 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004913 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4914 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4915 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004916
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004917 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4918 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004919 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00004920 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
4921 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004923 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004924 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004925}
4926
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004927void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004928 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004929
Mike Stump9e439c92009-04-29 21:40:37 +00004930 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
4931
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004932 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4933 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4934 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4935
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00004936 if (T->isArrayType()) {
4937 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4938 diag::err_block_returns_array);
4939 return;
4940 }
4941
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004942 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4943 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4944 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4945
4946 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4947 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004948
4949 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4950
4951 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4952 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4953 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4954 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4955 return;
4956 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004957 return;
4958 }
4959
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004960 // Analyze arguments to block.
4961 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4962 "Not a function declarator!");
4963 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004964
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004965 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4966 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004967
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004968 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4969 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4970 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4971 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004972 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4973 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004974 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004975 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004976 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4977 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004978 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004979 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004980 }
Steve Naroff494cb0f2009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004981 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004982 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004983
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004984 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4985 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4986 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4987 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4988 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00004989
4990 // Analyze the return type.
4991 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4992 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4993
4994 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
4995 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
4996 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4997 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
4998 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4999 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005000}
5001
5002/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5003/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5004void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5005 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5006 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005007
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005008 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5009
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005010 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005011 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005012 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005013 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005014}
5015
5016/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5017/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005018Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5019 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005020 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5021 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5022 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5023
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005024 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5025 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005026
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005027 PopDeclContext();
5028
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005029 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5030 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005031
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005032 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5033 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5034 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005035
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005036 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5037 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5038 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005039
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005040 QualType BlockTy;
5041 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005042 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005043 else
5044 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005045 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005046
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005047 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5048
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005049 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005050
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005051 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5052 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5053 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5054 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5055
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005056 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005057 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5058 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005059}
5060
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005061Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5062 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5063 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005064 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005065 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5066 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5067
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005068 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005069
5070 // Get the va_list type
5071 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5072 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5073 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5074 // a pointer for va_arg.
5075 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
5076 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00005077 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5078 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005079
Chris Lattnercb9469d2009-04-06 17:07:34 +00005080 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005081 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5082 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005083 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005084 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005085
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005086 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005087 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005088
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005089 expr.release();
5090 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5091 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005092}
5093
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005094Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005095 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5096 // pointers on the target.
5097 QualType Ty;
5098 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5099 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5100 else
5101 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5102
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005103 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005104}
5105
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005106bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5107 SourceLocation Loc,
5108 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5109 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5110 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5111 bool isInvalid = false;
5112 unsigned DiagKind;
5113 switch (ConvTy) {
5114 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5115 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005116 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005117 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5118 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005119 case IntToPointer:
5120 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5121 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005122 case IncompatiblePointer:
5123 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5124 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005125 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5126 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5127 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005128 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5129 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5130 break;
5131 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005132 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5133 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5134 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5135 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5136 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5137 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5138 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5139 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5140 // C++ semantics.
5141 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5142 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5143 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005144 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5145 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005146 case IntToBlockPointer:
5147 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5148 break;
5149 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005150 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005151 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005152 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005153 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005154 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5155 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5156 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005157 case IncompatibleVectors:
5158 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5159 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005160 case Incompatible:
5161 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5162 isInvalid = true;
5163 break;
5164 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005166 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5167 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005168 return isInvalid;
5169}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005170
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005171bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005172 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5173 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5174 if (Result)
5175 *Result = ICEResult;
5176 return false;
5177 }
5178
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005179 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5180
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005182 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5183 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5184
5185 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5186 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5187 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5188 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5189 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5190 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5191 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005192
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005193 return true;
5194 }
5195
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005196 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5197 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005198
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005199 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5200 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5201 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005203 if (Result)
5204 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5205 return false;
5206}